442722ADecember 2019 copy Kongsberg Maritime AS

Simrad CS90Fish Finding Sonar

Harbour Acceptance Test

This is the Harbour Acceptance Test for the Simrad CS90 Fish FindingSonar

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90system provided to the vessel is correctly installed and fully functionalIt is then ready for the Sea Acceptance Test When all the tasks havebeen done the report form must be signed by the relevant parties Thecompleted document then becomes the official reportVesselCustomer

Serial numbers (if applicable)Processor UnitOperating PanelTransceiver UnitHull UnitTransducer

Kongsberg Maritime ASwwwkongsbergcom

Document informationbull Product Simrad CS90bull Document Harbour Acceptance Testbull Document part number 442722bull Revision Abull Date of issue 9 December 2019

CopyrightThe information contained in this document remains the sole property of Kongsberg Maritime AS No part ofthis document may be copied or reproduced in any form or by any means and the information contained withinit is not to be communicated to a third party without the prior written consent of Kongsberg Maritime AS

WarningThe equipment to which this manual applies must only be used for the purpose for which it was designedImproper use or maintenance may cause damage to the equipment andor injury to personnel You must befamiliar with the contents of the appropriate manuals before attempting to operate or work on the equipment

Kongsberg Maritime disclaims any responsibility for damage or injury caused by improper installationuse or maintenance of the equipment

DisclaimerKongsberg Maritime AS endeavours to ensure that all information in this document is correct and fairly statedbut does not accept liability for any errors or omissions

Support informationIf you require maintenance or repair contact your local dealer You can also contact us using the followingaddress simradsupportsimradcom If you need information about our other products visit httpswwwsimradcom On this website you will also find a list of our dealers and distributors

Kongsberg Maritime ASwwwkongsbergcom

Document informationbull Product Simrad CS90bull Document Harbour Acceptance Testbull Document part number 442722bull Revision Abull Date of issue 9 December 2019

CopyrightThe information contained in this document remains the sole property of Kongsberg Maritime AS No part ofthis document may be copied or reproduced in any form or by any means and the information contained withinit is not to be communicated to a third party without the prior written consent of Kongsberg Maritime AS

WarningThe equipment to which this manual applies must only be used for the purpose for which it was designedImproper use or maintenance may cause damage to the equipment andor injury to personnel You must befamiliar with the contents of the appropriate manuals before attempting to operate or work on the equipment

Kongsberg Maritime disclaims any responsibility for damage or injury caused by improper installationuse or maintenance of the equipment

DisclaimerKongsberg Maritime AS endeavours to ensure that all information in this document is correct and fairly statedbut does not accept liability for any errors or omissions

Support informationIf you require maintenance or repair contact your local dealer You can also contact us using the followingaddress simradsupportsimradcom If you need information about our other products visit httpswwwsimradcom On this website you will also find a list of our dealers and distributors

442722A 3

Table of contents

INTRODUCTION5Purpose 6Personnel and location 6Referenced documents 6Tools and test equipment 7ACCEPTANCE TEST SUMMARY8HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE REGISTRATION 9Verification of previously tested items 10Software items 11Hardware items 12

Display 12Processor Unit 12Transceiver Unit 13Operating Panel 15Hull Unit 15Transducer 16

VISUAL INSPECTION 17Visual inspection of the display 17Visual inspection of the Processor Unit 19Visual inspection of the Operating Panel 21Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit 22Visual inspection of the hull unit 24Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit 26Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected 28TESTING THE CS90 OPERATIONAL FUNCTIONALITY 30Checking the transducer lower and hoist functionality 30

Bridge steps 31Sonar room steps 33

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality 35Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality 37TESTING THE INTERFACES WITH PERIPHERAL DEVICES 41Verifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) 41Verifying the communication with speed log 43

Harbour Acceptance Test

4 442722A

Verifying the communication with the course gyro 45Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) 47VERIFYING THE INSTALLATION PARAMETERS 50Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensions 50Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer 52Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS)

antenna 53Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) 55CUSTOMER ACCEPTANCE FORM 57SECONDARY PROCEDURES 58Setting up the Operating Panel (Mk2) 58

Simrad CS90

442722A 5

Introduction

TopicsPurpose page 6

Personnel and location page 6

Referenced documents page 6

Tools and test equipment page 7

Introduction

6 442722A

PurposeThis is the Harbour Acceptance Test for the Simrad CS90 Fish Finding Sonar

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system provided tothe vessel is correctly installed and fully functional It is then ready for the Sea AcceptanceTest When all the tasks have been done the report form must be signed by the relevantparties The completed document then becomes the official report

Personnel and locationSuccessful completion of the test requires qualified and experienced test engineers andortechnicians

This Harbour Acceptance Test is done on board the vessel alongside the quay The test isdone by personnel from Kongsberg Maritime All personnel must have good knowledgeof the product andor module(s) at hand

A representative from an authorized dealer or distributor can do the Harbour AcceptanceTest on behalf of Kongsberg Maritime

Representatives from the client andor end user are normally present to witness the testand results

As with all assembly and test procedures related to advanced technical andor electronicequipment the skill of the operator is vital to a successful completion of the tasks The onlyway to secure high quality of our products is first rate workmanship and high professionalstandards throughout the production chain

It is equally important that all members of the production and test crews show initiative andare willing to suggest improvements to functionality design procedures and documents Ifyou find a mistake in a document or find that information is missing offer this informationto the proper authorities without further delay Likewise your experience as a skilled workeris valuable Please forward any suggestions to make improvements to the product thedesign the production method or any other matters related to your expertise

Referenced documentsThe installation and use of the CS90 is described in several documents and end usermanuals Internal test documents are used throughout the production and test of the CS90

This list is not complete Additional documents and end user manuals are available for theCS90 These publications are not relevant for this Harbour Acceptance Test

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 7

Note

Unless specified in the applicable procedure(s) the CS90 publications listed here are notrequired during this Harbour Acceptance Test

All the document numbers refer to the English version of each publication

End user manualsbull Reference Manual and On-line Help 442700bull Installation Manual 442699

Software documentsbull Software Release Note 442717

Customer acceptance test proceduresbull Factory Acceptance Test 442721bull Harbour Acceptance Test 442722bull Sea Acceptance Test 442723

Qualifying documentsbull EC Declaration of Conformity NYA

Tools and test equipmentSpecific tools and test equipment are required for this Simrad CS90 Harbour AcceptanceTest The required tools and equipment must be made available before the test can start

The required test equipment is listed For each item record the instruments serial numberand - if relevant - its calibration expiry date

Multimeter (Make and model) Serial number Calibrationexpiry date

The following tool is requiredbull Allen key

Introduction

8 442722A

Acceptance test summary

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system is fullyfunctional and meets the operational requirements This acceptance test summary isprovided to offer an overview of the functions and items that need to be tested Referencesare made to the individual chapters in this Harbour Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Record the software and hardware items that are included in the test

bull Hardware and software registration page 92 Do a visual inspection of each unit that is comprised by the CS90 delivery

bull Visual inspection page 173 Test the main functionality of the CS90

bull Testing the CS90 operational functionality page 304 Test the interfaces between the CS90 and relevant external devices andor sensors

bull Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices page 415 When all the tests have been successfully concluded open the Customer acceptance

form and fill it in with the relevant signaturesbull Customer acceptance form page 57

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 9

Hardware and softwareregistration

TopicsVerification of previously tested items page 10

Software items page 11

Hardware items page 12

Hardware and software registration

10 442722A

Verification of previously tested itemsIt is not necessary to fill in registration tables for software and hardware items that havealready been recorded in a previous test

Are the CS90 user interface software and hardware units the same as those tested during theFactory Acceptance Test If this is the case it is not necessary to fill out the registrationtables againbull If no changes have been made to neither the software nor the hardware sign the table

below to verify thisbull If the software has been updated record the new software versionbull If hardware changes have been made (units are replaced) all serial numbers must be

recorded again

Verification of previously tested items

Neither user interface software nor hardware units have been changed on this CS90 system since the FactoryAcceptance Test For this reason the registration tables have not been filled out

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 11

Software itemsEvery software program that is provided as a part of the CS90 delivery must be registeredPart number and software version must be registered When software media (USB flashdrive CD DVD etc) is provided the part number of the media and the CS90 softwareversion provided on the media must be registered

Software Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Operational software 442716

Software media Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Software 442719

Simrad CS90 End user manuals 442720 NA

When applicable the software media item can be any memory device (CD DVD USB flash drive etc)that contains the CS90 software End user documentation may be included on the same software media orprovided on a separate device

Hardware and software registration

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

4 442722A

Verifying the communication with the course gyro 45Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) 47VERIFYING THE INSTALLATION PARAMETERS 50Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensions 50Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer 52Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS)

antenna 53Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) 55CUSTOMER ACCEPTANCE FORM 57SECONDARY PROCEDURES 58Setting up the Operating Panel (Mk2) 58

Simrad CS90

442722A 5

Introduction

TopicsPurpose page 6

Personnel and location page 6

Referenced documents page 6

Tools and test equipment page 7

Introduction

6 442722A

PurposeThis is the Harbour Acceptance Test for the Simrad CS90 Fish Finding Sonar

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system provided tothe vessel is correctly installed and fully functional It is then ready for the Sea AcceptanceTest When all the tasks have been done the report form must be signed by the relevantparties The completed document then becomes the official report

Personnel and locationSuccessful completion of the test requires qualified and experienced test engineers andortechnicians

This Harbour Acceptance Test is done on board the vessel alongside the quay The test isdone by personnel from Kongsberg Maritime All personnel must have good knowledgeof the product andor module(s) at hand

A representative from an authorized dealer or distributor can do the Harbour AcceptanceTest on behalf of Kongsberg Maritime

Representatives from the client andor end user are normally present to witness the testand results

As with all assembly and test procedures related to advanced technical andor electronicequipment the skill of the operator is vital to a successful completion of the tasks The onlyway to secure high quality of our products is first rate workmanship and high professionalstandards throughout the production chain

It is equally important that all members of the production and test crews show initiative andare willing to suggest improvements to functionality design procedures and documents Ifyou find a mistake in a document or find that information is missing offer this informationto the proper authorities without further delay Likewise your experience as a skilled workeris valuable Please forward any suggestions to make improvements to the product thedesign the production method or any other matters related to your expertise

Referenced documentsThe installation and use of the CS90 is described in several documents and end usermanuals Internal test documents are used throughout the production and test of the CS90

This list is not complete Additional documents and end user manuals are available for theCS90 These publications are not relevant for this Harbour Acceptance Test

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 7

Note

Unless specified in the applicable procedure(s) the CS90 publications listed here are notrequired during this Harbour Acceptance Test

All the document numbers refer to the English version of each publication

End user manualsbull Reference Manual and On-line Help 442700bull Installation Manual 442699

Software documentsbull Software Release Note 442717

Customer acceptance test proceduresbull Factory Acceptance Test 442721bull Harbour Acceptance Test 442722bull Sea Acceptance Test 442723

Qualifying documentsbull EC Declaration of Conformity NYA

Tools and test equipmentSpecific tools and test equipment are required for this Simrad CS90 Harbour AcceptanceTest The required tools and equipment must be made available before the test can start

The required test equipment is listed For each item record the instruments serial numberand - if relevant - its calibration expiry date

Multimeter (Make and model) Serial number Calibrationexpiry date

The following tool is requiredbull Allen key

Introduction

8 442722A

Acceptance test summary

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system is fullyfunctional and meets the operational requirements This acceptance test summary isprovided to offer an overview of the functions and items that need to be tested Referencesare made to the individual chapters in this Harbour Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Record the software and hardware items that are included in the test

bull Hardware and software registration page 92 Do a visual inspection of each unit that is comprised by the CS90 delivery

bull Visual inspection page 173 Test the main functionality of the CS90

bull Testing the CS90 operational functionality page 304 Test the interfaces between the CS90 and relevant external devices andor sensors

bull Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices page 415 When all the tests have been successfully concluded open the Customer acceptance

form and fill it in with the relevant signaturesbull Customer acceptance form page 57

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 9

Hardware and softwareregistration

TopicsVerification of previously tested items page 10

Software items page 11

Hardware items page 12

Hardware and software registration

10 442722A

Verification of previously tested itemsIt is not necessary to fill in registration tables for software and hardware items that havealready been recorded in a previous test

Are the CS90 user interface software and hardware units the same as those tested during theFactory Acceptance Test If this is the case it is not necessary to fill out the registrationtables againbull If no changes have been made to neither the software nor the hardware sign the table

below to verify thisbull If the software has been updated record the new software versionbull If hardware changes have been made (units are replaced) all serial numbers must be

recorded again

Verification of previously tested items

Neither user interface software nor hardware units have been changed on this CS90 system since the FactoryAcceptance Test For this reason the registration tables have not been filled out

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 11

Software itemsEvery software program that is provided as a part of the CS90 delivery must be registeredPart number and software version must be registered When software media (USB flashdrive CD DVD etc) is provided the part number of the media and the CS90 softwareversion provided on the media must be registered

Software Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Operational software 442716

Software media Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Software 442719

Simrad CS90 End user manuals 442720 NA

When applicable the software media item can be any memory device (CD DVD USB flash drive etc)that contains the CS90 software End user documentation may be included on the same software media orprovided on a separate device

Hardware and software registration

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 5

Introduction

TopicsPurpose page 6

Personnel and location page 6

Referenced documents page 6

Tools and test equipment page 7

Introduction

6 442722A

PurposeThis is the Harbour Acceptance Test for the Simrad CS90 Fish Finding Sonar

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system provided tothe vessel is correctly installed and fully functional It is then ready for the Sea AcceptanceTest When all the tasks have been done the report form must be signed by the relevantparties The completed document then becomes the official report

Personnel and locationSuccessful completion of the test requires qualified and experienced test engineers andortechnicians

This Harbour Acceptance Test is done on board the vessel alongside the quay The test isdone by personnel from Kongsberg Maritime All personnel must have good knowledgeof the product andor module(s) at hand

A representative from an authorized dealer or distributor can do the Harbour AcceptanceTest on behalf of Kongsberg Maritime

Representatives from the client andor end user are normally present to witness the testand results

As with all assembly and test procedures related to advanced technical andor electronicequipment the skill of the operator is vital to a successful completion of the tasks The onlyway to secure high quality of our products is first rate workmanship and high professionalstandards throughout the production chain

It is equally important that all members of the production and test crews show initiative andare willing to suggest improvements to functionality design procedures and documents Ifyou find a mistake in a document or find that information is missing offer this informationto the proper authorities without further delay Likewise your experience as a skilled workeris valuable Please forward any suggestions to make improvements to the product thedesign the production method or any other matters related to your expertise

Referenced documentsThe installation and use of the CS90 is described in several documents and end usermanuals Internal test documents are used throughout the production and test of the CS90

This list is not complete Additional documents and end user manuals are available for theCS90 These publications are not relevant for this Harbour Acceptance Test

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 7

Note

Unless specified in the applicable procedure(s) the CS90 publications listed here are notrequired during this Harbour Acceptance Test

All the document numbers refer to the English version of each publication

End user manualsbull Reference Manual and On-line Help 442700bull Installation Manual 442699

Software documentsbull Software Release Note 442717

Customer acceptance test proceduresbull Factory Acceptance Test 442721bull Harbour Acceptance Test 442722bull Sea Acceptance Test 442723

Qualifying documentsbull EC Declaration of Conformity NYA

Tools and test equipmentSpecific tools and test equipment are required for this Simrad CS90 Harbour AcceptanceTest The required tools and equipment must be made available before the test can start

The required test equipment is listed For each item record the instruments serial numberand - if relevant - its calibration expiry date

Multimeter (Make and model) Serial number Calibrationexpiry date

The following tool is requiredbull Allen key

Introduction

8 442722A

Acceptance test summary

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system is fullyfunctional and meets the operational requirements This acceptance test summary isprovided to offer an overview of the functions and items that need to be tested Referencesare made to the individual chapters in this Harbour Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Record the software and hardware items that are included in the test

bull Hardware and software registration page 92 Do a visual inspection of each unit that is comprised by the CS90 delivery

bull Visual inspection page 173 Test the main functionality of the CS90

bull Testing the CS90 operational functionality page 304 Test the interfaces between the CS90 and relevant external devices andor sensors

bull Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices page 415 When all the tests have been successfully concluded open the Customer acceptance

form and fill it in with the relevant signaturesbull Customer acceptance form page 57

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 9

Hardware and softwareregistration

TopicsVerification of previously tested items page 10

Software items page 11

Hardware items page 12

Hardware and software registration

10 442722A

Verification of previously tested itemsIt is not necessary to fill in registration tables for software and hardware items that havealready been recorded in a previous test

Are the CS90 user interface software and hardware units the same as those tested during theFactory Acceptance Test If this is the case it is not necessary to fill out the registrationtables againbull If no changes have been made to neither the software nor the hardware sign the table

below to verify thisbull If the software has been updated record the new software versionbull If hardware changes have been made (units are replaced) all serial numbers must be

recorded again

Verification of previously tested items

Neither user interface software nor hardware units have been changed on this CS90 system since the FactoryAcceptance Test For this reason the registration tables have not been filled out

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 11

Software itemsEvery software program that is provided as a part of the CS90 delivery must be registeredPart number and software version must be registered When software media (USB flashdrive CD DVD etc) is provided the part number of the media and the CS90 softwareversion provided on the media must be registered

Software Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Operational software 442716

Software media Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Software 442719

Simrad CS90 End user manuals 442720 NA

When applicable the software media item can be any memory device (CD DVD USB flash drive etc)that contains the CS90 software End user documentation may be included on the same software media orprovided on a separate device

Hardware and software registration

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

6 442722A

PurposeThis is the Harbour Acceptance Test for the Simrad CS90 Fish Finding Sonar

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system provided tothe vessel is correctly installed and fully functional It is then ready for the Sea AcceptanceTest When all the tasks have been done the report form must be signed by the relevantparties The completed document then becomes the official report

Personnel and locationSuccessful completion of the test requires qualified and experienced test engineers andortechnicians

This Harbour Acceptance Test is done on board the vessel alongside the quay The test isdone by personnel from Kongsberg Maritime All personnel must have good knowledgeof the product andor module(s) at hand

A representative from an authorized dealer or distributor can do the Harbour AcceptanceTest on behalf of Kongsberg Maritime

Representatives from the client andor end user are normally present to witness the testand results

As with all assembly and test procedures related to advanced technical andor electronicequipment the skill of the operator is vital to a successful completion of the tasks The onlyway to secure high quality of our products is first rate workmanship and high professionalstandards throughout the production chain

It is equally important that all members of the production and test crews show initiative andare willing to suggest improvements to functionality design procedures and documents Ifyou find a mistake in a document or find that information is missing offer this informationto the proper authorities without further delay Likewise your experience as a skilled workeris valuable Please forward any suggestions to make improvements to the product thedesign the production method or any other matters related to your expertise

Referenced documentsThe installation and use of the CS90 is described in several documents and end usermanuals Internal test documents are used throughout the production and test of the CS90

This list is not complete Additional documents and end user manuals are available for theCS90 These publications are not relevant for this Harbour Acceptance Test

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 7

Note

Unless specified in the applicable procedure(s) the CS90 publications listed here are notrequired during this Harbour Acceptance Test

All the document numbers refer to the English version of each publication

End user manualsbull Reference Manual and On-line Help 442700bull Installation Manual 442699

Software documentsbull Software Release Note 442717

Customer acceptance test proceduresbull Factory Acceptance Test 442721bull Harbour Acceptance Test 442722bull Sea Acceptance Test 442723

Qualifying documentsbull EC Declaration of Conformity NYA

Tools and test equipmentSpecific tools and test equipment are required for this Simrad CS90 Harbour AcceptanceTest The required tools and equipment must be made available before the test can start

The required test equipment is listed For each item record the instruments serial numberand - if relevant - its calibration expiry date

Multimeter (Make and model) Serial number Calibrationexpiry date

The following tool is requiredbull Allen key

Introduction

8 442722A

Acceptance test summary

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system is fullyfunctional and meets the operational requirements This acceptance test summary isprovided to offer an overview of the functions and items that need to be tested Referencesare made to the individual chapters in this Harbour Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Record the software and hardware items that are included in the test

bull Hardware and software registration page 92 Do a visual inspection of each unit that is comprised by the CS90 delivery

bull Visual inspection page 173 Test the main functionality of the CS90

bull Testing the CS90 operational functionality page 304 Test the interfaces between the CS90 and relevant external devices andor sensors

bull Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices page 415 When all the tests have been successfully concluded open the Customer acceptance

form and fill it in with the relevant signaturesbull Customer acceptance form page 57

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 9

Hardware and softwareregistration

TopicsVerification of previously tested items page 10

Software items page 11

Hardware items page 12

Hardware and software registration

10 442722A

Verification of previously tested itemsIt is not necessary to fill in registration tables for software and hardware items that havealready been recorded in a previous test

Are the CS90 user interface software and hardware units the same as those tested during theFactory Acceptance Test If this is the case it is not necessary to fill out the registrationtables againbull If no changes have been made to neither the software nor the hardware sign the table

below to verify thisbull If the software has been updated record the new software versionbull If hardware changes have been made (units are replaced) all serial numbers must be

recorded again

Verification of previously tested items

Neither user interface software nor hardware units have been changed on this CS90 system since the FactoryAcceptance Test For this reason the registration tables have not been filled out

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 11

Software itemsEvery software program that is provided as a part of the CS90 delivery must be registeredPart number and software version must be registered When software media (USB flashdrive CD DVD etc) is provided the part number of the media and the CS90 softwareversion provided on the media must be registered

Software Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Operational software 442716

Software media Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Software 442719

Simrad CS90 End user manuals 442720 NA

When applicable the software media item can be any memory device (CD DVD USB flash drive etc)that contains the CS90 software End user documentation may be included on the same software media orprovided on a separate device

Hardware and software registration

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 7

Note

Unless specified in the applicable procedure(s) the CS90 publications listed here are notrequired during this Harbour Acceptance Test

All the document numbers refer to the English version of each publication

End user manualsbull Reference Manual and On-line Help 442700bull Installation Manual 442699

Software documentsbull Software Release Note 442717

Customer acceptance test proceduresbull Factory Acceptance Test 442721bull Harbour Acceptance Test 442722bull Sea Acceptance Test 442723

Qualifying documentsbull EC Declaration of Conformity NYA

Tools and test equipmentSpecific tools and test equipment are required for this Simrad CS90 Harbour AcceptanceTest The required tools and equipment must be made available before the test can start

The required test equipment is listed For each item record the instruments serial numberand - if relevant - its calibration expiry date

Multimeter (Make and model) Serial number Calibrationexpiry date

The following tool is requiredbull Allen key

Introduction

8 442722A

Acceptance test summary

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system is fullyfunctional and meets the operational requirements This acceptance test summary isprovided to offer an overview of the functions and items that need to be tested Referencesare made to the individual chapters in this Harbour Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Record the software and hardware items that are included in the test

bull Hardware and software registration page 92 Do a visual inspection of each unit that is comprised by the CS90 delivery

bull Visual inspection page 173 Test the main functionality of the CS90

bull Testing the CS90 operational functionality page 304 Test the interfaces between the CS90 and relevant external devices andor sensors

bull Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices page 415 When all the tests have been successfully concluded open the Customer acceptance

form and fill it in with the relevant signaturesbull Customer acceptance form page 57

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 9

Hardware and softwareregistration

TopicsVerification of previously tested items page 10

Software items page 11

Hardware items page 12

Hardware and software registration

10 442722A

Verification of previously tested itemsIt is not necessary to fill in registration tables for software and hardware items that havealready been recorded in a previous test

Are the CS90 user interface software and hardware units the same as those tested during theFactory Acceptance Test If this is the case it is not necessary to fill out the registrationtables againbull If no changes have been made to neither the software nor the hardware sign the table

below to verify thisbull If the software has been updated record the new software versionbull If hardware changes have been made (units are replaced) all serial numbers must be

recorded again

Verification of previously tested items

Neither user interface software nor hardware units have been changed on this CS90 system since the FactoryAcceptance Test For this reason the registration tables have not been filled out

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 11

Software itemsEvery software program that is provided as a part of the CS90 delivery must be registeredPart number and software version must be registered When software media (USB flashdrive CD DVD etc) is provided the part number of the media and the CS90 softwareversion provided on the media must be registered

Software Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Operational software 442716

Software media Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Software 442719

Simrad CS90 End user manuals 442720 NA

When applicable the software media item can be any memory device (CD DVD USB flash drive etc)that contains the CS90 software End user documentation may be included on the same software media orprovided on a separate device

Hardware and software registration

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

8 442722A

Acceptance test summary

The purpose of this Harbour Acceptance Test is to verify that the CS90 system is fullyfunctional and meets the operational requirements This acceptance test summary isprovided to offer an overview of the functions and items that need to be tested Referencesare made to the individual chapters in this Harbour Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Record the software and hardware items that are included in the test

bull Hardware and software registration page 92 Do a visual inspection of each unit that is comprised by the CS90 delivery

bull Visual inspection page 173 Test the main functionality of the CS90

bull Testing the CS90 operational functionality page 304 Test the interfaces between the CS90 and relevant external devices andor sensors

bull Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices page 415 When all the tests have been successfully concluded open the Customer acceptance

form and fill it in with the relevant signaturesbull Customer acceptance form page 57

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 9

Hardware and softwareregistration

TopicsVerification of previously tested items page 10

Software items page 11

Hardware items page 12

Hardware and software registration

10 442722A

Verification of previously tested itemsIt is not necessary to fill in registration tables for software and hardware items that havealready been recorded in a previous test

Are the CS90 user interface software and hardware units the same as those tested during theFactory Acceptance Test If this is the case it is not necessary to fill out the registrationtables againbull If no changes have been made to neither the software nor the hardware sign the table

below to verify thisbull If the software has been updated record the new software versionbull If hardware changes have been made (units are replaced) all serial numbers must be

recorded again

Verification of previously tested items

Neither user interface software nor hardware units have been changed on this CS90 system since the FactoryAcceptance Test For this reason the registration tables have not been filled out

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 11

Software itemsEvery software program that is provided as a part of the CS90 delivery must be registeredPart number and software version must be registered When software media (USB flashdrive CD DVD etc) is provided the part number of the media and the CS90 softwareversion provided on the media must be registered

Software Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Operational software 442716

Software media Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Software 442719

Simrad CS90 End user manuals 442720 NA

When applicable the software media item can be any memory device (CD DVD USB flash drive etc)that contains the CS90 software End user documentation may be included on the same software media orprovided on a separate device

Hardware and software registration

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 9

Hardware and softwareregistration

TopicsVerification of previously tested items page 10

Software items page 11

Hardware items page 12

Hardware and software registration

10 442722A

Verification of previously tested itemsIt is not necessary to fill in registration tables for software and hardware items that havealready been recorded in a previous test

Are the CS90 user interface software and hardware units the same as those tested during theFactory Acceptance Test If this is the case it is not necessary to fill out the registrationtables againbull If no changes have been made to neither the software nor the hardware sign the table

below to verify thisbull If the software has been updated record the new software versionbull If hardware changes have been made (units are replaced) all serial numbers must be

recorded again

Verification of previously tested items

Neither user interface software nor hardware units have been changed on this CS90 system since the FactoryAcceptance Test For this reason the registration tables have not been filled out

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 11

Software itemsEvery software program that is provided as a part of the CS90 delivery must be registeredPart number and software version must be registered When software media (USB flashdrive CD DVD etc) is provided the part number of the media and the CS90 softwareversion provided on the media must be registered

Software Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Operational software 442716

Software media Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Software 442719

Simrad CS90 End user manuals 442720 NA

When applicable the software media item can be any memory device (CD DVD USB flash drive etc)that contains the CS90 software End user documentation may be included on the same software media orprovided on a separate device

Hardware and software registration

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

10 442722A

Verification of previously tested itemsIt is not necessary to fill in registration tables for software and hardware items that havealready been recorded in a previous test

Are the CS90 user interface software and hardware units the same as those tested during theFactory Acceptance Test If this is the case it is not necessary to fill out the registrationtables againbull If no changes have been made to neither the software nor the hardware sign the table

below to verify thisbull If the software has been updated record the new software versionbull If hardware changes have been made (units are replaced) all serial numbers must be

recorded again

Verification of previously tested items

Neither user interface software nor hardware units have been changed on this CS90 system since the FactoryAcceptance Test For this reason the registration tables have not been filled out

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 11

Software itemsEvery software program that is provided as a part of the CS90 delivery must be registeredPart number and software version must be registered When software media (USB flashdrive CD DVD etc) is provided the part number of the media and the CS90 softwareversion provided on the media must be registered

Software Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Operational software 442716

Software media Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Software 442719

Simrad CS90 End user manuals 442720 NA

When applicable the software media item can be any memory device (CD DVD USB flash drive etc)that contains the CS90 software End user documentation may be included on the same software media orprovided on a separate device

Hardware and software registration

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 11

Software itemsEvery software program that is provided as a part of the CS90 delivery must be registeredPart number and software version must be registered When software media (USB flashdrive CD DVD etc) is provided the part number of the media and the CS90 softwareversion provided on the media must be registered

Software Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Operational software 442716

Software media Part number Software version

Simrad CS90 Software 442719

Simrad CS90 End user manuals 442720 NA

When applicable the software media item can be any memory device (CD DVD USB flash drive etc)that contains the CS90 software End user documentation may be included on the same software media orprovided on a separate device

Hardware and software registration

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

12 442722A

Hardware items

TopicsDisplay page 12

Processor Unit page 12

Transceiver Unit page 13

Operating Panel page 15

Hull Unit page 15

Transducer page 16

DisplayEach display provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Make(s)model(s) part number(s) and serial number(s) must be registered Any unit that is notprovided by Kongsberg Maritime AS does not need to be registered

Display (Make and model1) Part number2 Serial number Revision

1Fill in the make model and serial number for each unit that is provided with the CS90 delivery Ifapplicable add the part number The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to beidentified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Processor UnitThe Processor Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 13

Processor Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Processor Unit (with CS90 software) 441536

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver UnitThe Transceiver Unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered The Transceiver Unit containscircuit boards and modules that must be recorded separately

CS90 Transceiver Unit

The Transceiver Unit controls the transmission and reception made by the 480 transmittersand 480 receiver channels 16 identical transceiver boards are used The Transceiver Unitalso holds an Ethernet switch and a large capacitor bank

Transceiver Unit1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transceiver Unit 429769

1This unit contains circuit boards or modules that must identified separately Observe the relevant hardwareregistration tables2This is the part number on the unit label

Transceiver boards

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

1

2

3

4

Hardware and software registration

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

14 442722A

Transceiver boards (From left) Serial number Revision

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Transceiver board (Type) LPT32 Transceiver Board

Part number 425841

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 15

Ethernet switch

Make and model1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

HP 3600-24 382039

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating PanelThe Operating Panel provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified Makemodel part number and serial number must be registered

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk1 SH8-203593

CS90 Operating Panel Power Supply 361102 NA NA1These units do not contain any circuit boards or modules that must be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Operating Panel1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Operating Panel Mk2 442454

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Hull UnitThe hull unit provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified If possible typepart number and serial number must be registered Several different hull units are availablefor the CS90 each with different characteristics Only one hull unit is supplied with thedelivery

The CS90 Fish Finding Sonar can be provided with one of the following hull units

Hardware and software registration

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

16 442722A

Hull Unit Partnumber

Loweringdepth

Transducercables

Maximumspeed

439051 46 m 20 knotsCS90

439054

10 m

10 m 20 knots

439057 46 m 19 knotsCS94

439047

21 m

7 m 19 knots

Outline dimensions drawings- CS90 439719- CS94 439723

The same transducer is used on all hull unit typesHull Unit (Type)1 Part number2 Serial number

Hull Unit

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

TransducerThe transducer provided with the CS90 delivery must be uniquely identified

Note

The transducer is not accessible during the Harbour Acceptance Test This hardwareregistration is then omitted

Transducer1 Part number2 Serial number Revision

CS90 Transducer 407951

1The unit contains neither circuit boards nor modules that need to be identified separately2This is the part number on the unit label

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 17

Visual inspection

TopicsVisual inspection of the display page 17

Visual inspection of the Processor Unit page 19

Visual inspection of the Operating Panel page 21

Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 22

Visual inspection of the hull unit page 24

Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit page 26

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected page 28

Visual inspection of the displayA visual inspection of the CS90 display is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Context

This test procedure is only applicable when the display is provided by Kongsberg Maritimeas a part of the CS90 delivery

Visual inspection

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

18 442722A

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the structure to which the display is fastened is substantial enoughto hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

b If applicable make sure that the display (or the display mounting bracket) isbolted or welded securely to the deck andor bulkhead

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion3 Make sure that the display is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

orientated with respect to ambient light conditions and reflections4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda The unit must be connected to the ships ground with an earthing strap The strap

must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made by the mountinglugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 19

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The display is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The display is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the display is provided All cables areproperly mounted with enough slack

The display is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Processor UnitA visual inspection of the CS90 Processor Unit is required to verify that the unit has notbeen physically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the computer is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for replacement and cabling3 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that you have free access to rear and front side connectors on thecomputer for maintenance purposes

b Make sure that ample space is provided to openclose DVD andor CD lids (ifrelevant) and to insert and remove USB flash drives

c If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

d Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

Visual inspection

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

20 442722A

e Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizef Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedg Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyh Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Processor Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Processor Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Processor Unit is provided All cablesare properly mounted with enough slack

The Processor Unit can be fully opened for access to the internal parts

The Processor Unit is properly earthed

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 21

Visual inspection of the Operating PanelA visual inspection of the Operating Panel is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a If the unit is installed inside a rack or in a closed compartment make sure thatample ventilation is provided to avoid overheating

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properly

3 Make sure that the Operating Panel is installed in the correct location and that it issuitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts

4 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

5 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

Visual inspection

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

22 442722A

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

7 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Operating Panel is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The Operating Panel is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Operating Panel are provided

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The Operating Panel is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the Transceiver UnitA visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit is required to verify that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is installed in the correct location and that it is

suitably oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the Transceiver Unit is fully populated with all circuit boards and

modules mounted4 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completed

a Make sure that the cabinet door can be fully opened for unrestricted access

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 23

b Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

c Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sized Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usede Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyf Make sure that the welds and support brackets to which the Transceiver Unit

is fastened are substantial enough to hold the unit securely under all operatingconditions

g Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correctpreservation medium to prevent corrosion

5 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is cleanwithout dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

6 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

7 Make sure that cable installation has been completeda Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mounted

and securedb Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow for

maintenance and replacement8 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and that

one label includes the part and serial numbers

Result

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenanceand replacement of parts

The Transceiver Unit is free from scratches dents or other physical damage

Free access to all the connectors on the Transceiver Unit are provided All cablesconnected to the Transceiver Unit are properly mounted with enough slack

Visual inspection

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

24 442722A

Requirements Results

The Transceiver Unit can be fully opened and you have full access to the circuitboards and modules inside the unit

The welds and brackets that support the Transceiver Unit are strong enough tohold the unit securely in place under all operating conditions The welds andbrackets have been painted with the correct preservation medium to preventcorrosion

The Transceiver Unit is properly grounded

Date and signature

Visual inspection of the hull unitA visual inspection of the hull unit is required to make sure that the unit has not beenphysically damaged during the installation It is also important to check that the unit hasbeen installed correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manual The CS90 is turned off You need the following equipmentbull Multimeter

Procedure1 Make sure that the unitrsquos serial number has been recorded in the list of hardware items2 Make sure that the hull unit is installed in the correct location and that it is suitably

oriented for easy maintenance and replacement of parts3 Make sure that the unit is not physically damaged and that the paint-work is clean

without dents or scratches

The physical handling of the unit during the installation may have caused some minorscratches to the paint-work This can be accepted However if rough handling hascaused serious damage to the unit this must be recorded with a written statement andnecessary photos so that corrective actions can be made

4 Make sure that the unit has been identified with the relevant product label(s) and thatone label includes the part and serial numbers

5 Make sure that the physical installation of the unit has been completeda Make sure that the welds and brackets used to support the hull unit are substantial

enough to hold the unit securely under all operating conditions

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 25

b Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the hull unit is mountedis clean and dry

c Make sure that ample space is provided around the unit to allow for maintenanceand replacement of parts

d Make sure that the bolts screws or studs holding the unit are of the correct sizee Make sure that the correct flat and shake-proof washers have been usedf Make sure that all nuts have been tightened properlyg Make sure that all welds and brackets have been painted with the correct

preservation medium to prevent corrosion6 Make sure that cable installation has been completed

a Make sure that all cables leading to and from the unit have been properly mountedand secured

b Make sure that enough slack has been provided on each cable to allow formaintenance and replacement

c Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer islowered and hoisted

d Repeat the inspection of the transducer cables when the CS90 is turned on andput to operational use

7 Make sure that the unit is firmly connected to ships grounda Make sure that the unit is securely connected to the ships ground with an earthing

strap The strap must be in addition to any incidental electrical contact made bythe mounting lugs on the unit

b Use a standard multimeter to check that the resistance between the unit and theships ground is approximately 0 (zero) Ω

8 Make sure that there are no corrosive attacks on the hull unit mounting flangeinstallation trunk support brackets or other parts of the installation

Result

Requirements Results

The hull unit is correctly installed with easy access for maintenance andreplacement of parts

The compartment in which the hull unit is installed (sonar room) is cleanand dry

All cables are properly mounted with enough slack

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Visual inspection

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

26 442722A

Requirements Results

The welds and mechanical brackets that support the gantry are strong enoughto hold the hull unit securely in place under all operating conditions Thewelds and brackets have been painted with the correct preservation mediumto prevent corrosion

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Environmental inspection of the TransceiverUnitSatisfactory environmental conditions are important to ensure long and trouble-freeoperation of the Transceiver Unit An environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit isrequired to verify the quality of the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual You need the followingequipmentbull Thermometerbull Hygrometer

Context

The sonar room is the compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed

Procedure1 Make sure that the compartment (sonar room) in which the Transceiver Unit is

installed is clean and dry2 Make sure that the ambient temperature in the sonar room meets the environmental

specificationsa Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is controlled using a suitable

ventilation systemb Record the type of ventilation system that is installedc Make sure that the temperature in the sonar room is monitoredd Measure the ambient temperature in the sonar room when the CS90 is switched offe Record the value in the result table

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 27

3 Make sure that the relative humidity in the sonar room meets the environmentalspecificationsa Measure the relative humidity in the sonar roomb Record the value in the result table

4 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measurethe ambient temperature one more time

Record the value in the result table5 30 minutes after the CS90 has been switched on and put to normal operation measure

the relative humidity one more time

Record the value in the result table6 Make sure that the sonar room the CS90 Transceiver Unit and the mounting brackets

have not bee subjected to corrosive attacks

Result

CS90 turned off CS90 turned on

Ambient temperature

Relative humidity

Requirements Results

The compartment in which the Transceiver Unit is installed (sonar room)is clean and dry

A ventilation system is installed

Record the type of ventilation system that is installed

There are no corrosive attacks

Date and signature

Visual inspection

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

28 442722A

Making sure that all CS90 cables are properlyconnectedThe CS90 relies on communication between each system unit and between the CS90 andexternal devices It is very important that all cables are correctly installed that the propercable types have been used and that all cables are connected correctly

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manualbull The CS90 is turned offbull All system cables are installedbull All cable connections are made

You need the following equipmentbull Cable testerbull Multimeter

Context

All cabling is described in the Cable layout and interconnections chapter in the CS90Installation Manual Refer to the cable plan the cable list and the basic cable requirements

Procedure1 For each cable that is in used on the CS90

a Make sure that the cable has been installed as specified in the CS90 InstallationManual

Note

Pay special attention to signal cables These must not be installed too close topower cables

b Make sure that the connections made at each end of the cable are correctc Make sure that the cable is properly identified

2 Make sure that the transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is loweredand hoisted

3 If possible use a multimeter or a dedicated cable tester to check the continuity ineach cable

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 29

4 Use a qualification tester to verify that each Ethernet cable is correctly wired andmeets the specifications related to quality and bandwidth

Result

Requirements Results

Each cable is installed correctly

All cable connections are made

Each cable is properly identified

Each Ethernet cable in use meets quality requirement CAT5E STP (ShieldedTwisted Pair) or better

The transducer cables can move freely when the transducer is lowered andhoisted

Date and signature

Visual inspection

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

30 442722A

Testing the CS90 operationalfunctionality

TopicsChecking the transducer lower and hoist functionality page 30

Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality page 35

Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality page 37

Checking the transducer lower and hoistfunctionalityThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational use

In order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously Two persons are requiredbull One person must stay on the bridge in order to operate the CS90bull One person must stay in the sonar room to verify that the Transceiver Unit starts and

that the hull unit works properly

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specificbull The steps marked [Sonar room] are done in the sonar roombull The steps marked [Bridge] are done on the bridge

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 31

Note

Proper oral communication must exist between the bridge and the sonar room In the eventof problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

TopicsBridge steps page 31

Sonar room steps page 33

Bridge stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done on the bridge

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Sonar room] aredone in the sonar room

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 [Sonar room] Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 Lower the transducer to its middle position

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

32 442722A

a On the Operating Panel press Middle

To indicate transducer movement the Middle indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the middle position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at thecorrect middle position

5 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Down

To indicate transducer movement the Down indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the bottom position has been reached the indicator lampis lit and the audible signal stops

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottomposition has been reached

6 Hoist the transducer to its middle positiona On the Operating Panel press Middleb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the

correct middle position7 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Up

To indicate transducer movement the Up indicator lamp flashes and an audiblesignal is sounded When the upper position has been reached the indicator lamp islit and the audible signal stops

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 33

b [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upperposition has been reached

8 Lower the transducer to its bottom positiona On the Operating Panel press Downb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom

position has been reached9 Hoist the transducer to its upper position

a On the Operating Panel press Upb [Sonar room] When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper

position has been reached10 Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 [Sonar room] Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 Power down the CS90

If the transducer is lowered when you turn off the CS90 it is automatically retracted toits upper position The Transceiver Unit is turned off The CS90 program closes down

13 Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the bridge - is operational

Date and signature

Sonar room stepsThe hull unit provided with the CS90 is designed to lower the transducer down below theshiprsquos hull when the CS90 shall be used This is a key functionality of the CS90 It is veryimportant that the hoistlower function is tested before the CS90 is put to operational useIn order to test the lower and hoist functionality of the hull unit two tasks must be donesimultaneously These tasks are done in the sonar room

Prerequisites

The CS90 is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90 system isturned on and operates normally Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

34 442722A

Context

Certain steps in the two procedures are location specific The steps marked [Bridge] aredone on the bridge

Note

In the event of problems or malfunctions

1 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301)

2 Set the switch to position OFF

WARNING

High voltages are used This equipment must be serviced only by qualified personnelfamiliar with high-voltage equipment and the potential hazards involved Failure toobserve this precaution could result in bodily injury

Procedure1 [Bridge] Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you

lower the transducer2 Locate the Motor Protecting Switch (S301) Set the switch to position ON3 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position REMOTE4 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position5 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

6 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its middle position

When the transducer shaft stops make sure this happens at the correct middle position7 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached8 [Bridge] Lower the transducer to its bottom position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct bottom position has beenreached

9 [Bridge] Hoist the transducer to its upper position

When the transducer shaft stops verify that the correct upper position has been reached

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 35

10 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room to do the next step11 Locate HoistLower Switch (S302) Set the switch to position STOP12 [Bridge] Power down the CS9013 [Bridge] Notify the sonar room that the test is finished

Result

Requirements Results

The lowering and hoisting functionality - as seen from the sonar room - isoperational

The transducer is lowered and hoisted without complications or obstacles

Date and signature

Testing the user interface to verify basicfunctionalityA functional test is done with the CS90 system assembled as a complete product

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

Procedure1 Make sure that the CS90 user interface is fully operational

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

36 442722A

a Make sure that the CS90 visual presentation is shown with adequate quality

If necessary adjust the display andor the relevant properties in the ProcessorUnit operating system

b Make sure that the Operating Panel is functional

Press andor turn each button and make sure that the corresponding function isactivated in the user interface

c Make sure that the menu system offered by the CS90 is operational

Make random selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functionsor dialog boxes are activated

d Make sure that the relevant views are operational

Move the cursor to the views in the main CS90 presentation Click inside one ofthe views Make sure that the view is activated and that relevant changes aremade in any dynamic menus

e If relevant connect a computer mouse to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the computer mouse works in the CS90 user interface Makerandom selections and make sure that the relevant sub-menus functions or dialogboxes are activated

f If relevant connect a keyboard to the Processor Unit

Make sure that the keyboard works in the CS90 user interface Open relevantfunctions or dialog boxes and make sure that you can type in them

2 Select the icon on the top bar to open the Messages dialog boxa Verify that no error messages are presented during normal operationb Close the dialog box by selecting Close or [X] in its top right corner

Result

Requirements Results

The basic functionality of the CS90 is present

No error messages are presented

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 37

Verifying CS90 operation by means of theBITE functionalityThe purpose of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box is to allow on-line testing andverification of the CS90 hardware components

Prerequisites

The CS90 has been set up with its hardware units connected as specified in the CS90Installation manualbull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normallybull The CS90 is in Normal mode but TX Power is set to Off to prevent transmissionsbull The transducer is retracted to its upper positionbull The vessel is berthed

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Caution

You must never set the CS90 to ping unless the transducer is submerged in water Thetransducer may be damaged if it transmits in open air

For the best possible conditions the ship must be silentbull The water must be as deep as possiblebull There must be no other vessels in the vicinitybull The vessel must lie still in the waterbull As much machinery as possible must be turned off It is particularly important to turn

off electrical motors as well as cooling systems and hydraulic pumps that may causeelectric noise

bull To prevent interference all other hydroacoustic instruments must be turned off

Context

By means of the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) functionality you can easily determineif the CS90 hardware is operational And most important you can make sure that all thetransceivers channels and the transducer elements are functional To open the different pagesin the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box use the large buttons on the left handside Each button provides a small colour coded indicatorbull No indicator Status is OK No actions are necessarybull Yellow This is a warning A closer investigation is recommended

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

38 442722A

bull Red This is an alarm A closer investigation is requiredbull Blue A device monitored by the BITE system is disabledbull Grey No information is available

The BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box and functionality is only provided forperformance monitoring The functionality is not required for normal use of the CS90 TheBITE dialog box does not permit you to change any operational parameters

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sources presentthe sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessive noise orinterference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

Note

If you are unable to do this test during the Harbour Acceptance Test it must be repeatedduring the Sea Acceptance Test

Procedure1 Make sure that you have sufficient water depth below the keel before you lower the

transducer2 Lower the transducer to its bottom position3 Select the default settings

a On the Main menu select User Settingsb Observe the Factory Settings listc Select the setting you wish to used Select Activate Selected Settinge Select OK to apply your changes and close the User Settings dialog box

4 Make the following preparationsa On the Main menu

bull Set Range to 1500 mb Open the Operation menu

bull Set TX Power to Offc Open the Active menu

1 Set Pulse Type to CW Medium2 Set Frequency to 70 kHz

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 39

3 Set Vertical TX Sector to Narrow4 Set Noise Filter to Off5 Set the Bottom Filter Threshold to Off

d Open the Setup menubull Select BITE to open the BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) dialog box

5 Select Transceiver to open the page

This page provides a graphic presentation of the 16 transceiver boards The presentationreflects their physical location in the Transceiver Unit Only static information isprovided The Board Information parameters offer key information about the supplypower to the selected transceiver board as well as the environmental conditions

6 Make sure that all the 16 transceiver boards are fully functional7 Select Transducer to open the page

The Transducer page presents all the elements that are used in the CS90 transducer Thepresentation attempts to organize the elements in the same manner as in the physicaltransducer The transceiver boards are shown as buttons Select a transceiver boardto highlight the elements that are physically connected to the board

8 Select Reception Test to start an automatic test of the individual transducer elements

The reception test validates each single element in the CS90 transducer and returnsthe status using a simple colour codingbull Green The transducer element is fully operationalbull Red The transducer element offers reduced performancebull Black The transducer element is not working (dead)

For more information observe the tooltip provided for each element rectangle9 Verify that the maximum number of unserviceable (dead) elements does not exceed 5

A small number of unserviceable transducer elements are accepted even for operationaluse This is regarded as graceful degradationrdquo

The CS90 operates with 480 individual channels handled by 16 transceiver boards If asingle channel fails during normal operation you are not likely to detect it Even ifseveral channels fail you may not see it

The detection of a faulty channel depends on the physical location of the relevanttransducer element If faulty channels are grouped together on the transducer facethis may cause a visible defect in the CS90 presentation If they are scattered thevisible defect may be a lot harder to see In all cases the echoes from the neighbouringchannels cause an interpolation that will restore a lot of the degraded presentation

Testing the CS90 operational functionality

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

40 442722A

Note

For further investigations of this issue use the functionality offered by the ElementBITE (Element Built In Test Equipment) dialog box

10 If the result from the reception test shows a number of transducer elements that areeither defective or offer reduced performance repeat the test

With the vessel in port the environmental conditions are not satisfactory In the shallowwaters of the port noise from other vessels dockyard workers or machinery will causeunreliable test results If you do this tests in a busy harbour or with noise sourcespresent the sensitive receivers will detect all the noise in the nearby waters Excessivenoise or interference may be misinterpreted as physical defects

You may need to repeat the test several times and - if necessary - implement a silentship to improve the conditions

11 Finish the testa Close the BITE (Built In Test Equipment) dialog boxb Set TX Power to Offc Hoist the transducer back up to its upper position

Result

Requirements Results

The maximum number of unserviceable elements is 5

Date and signature

Further requirements

If the noise level is higher than specified you must check the reason(s) for thisbull Check the grounding of the Transceiver Unitbull Verify that other electric equipment andor machinery on board such as cooling systems

hydraulic pumps electric motors etc do not influence on the noise reading Switch off asmuch machinery as possible especially electrical motors

bull Check for interference from other hydroacoustic systemsbull Check for environmental noise such as other vessels in the vicinity or animal life

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 41

Testing the interfaces withperipheral devices

TopicsVerifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS) page 41

Verifying the communication with speed log page 43

Verifying the communication with the course gyro page 45

Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU) page 47

Verifying the communication with a navigationsystem (GPS)For the CS90 to use and offer correct navigational information one or more external sensorsmust be connected The communication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are available

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

42 442722A

bull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 43

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Position data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with speed logIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a speed log The vessel speedis shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog box Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

44 442722A

Context

Note

The speed input is essential for CS90 operation Without speed information the CS90 willneither be able to present correct navigational information nor compensate for vesselmovements This lack of compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echoinformation If you do not use a dedicated speed log but rather a GPS system you can skipthis test

In most cases a suitable sensor is already installed on the vessel A global positioning system(GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 45

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayedIf necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

Requirements Results

Speed data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the coursegyroIn order to operate correctly the CS90 requires input from a course gyro The currentheading is shown on the top bar if you have enabled this in the Display Options dialog boxThe communication with the sensor is tested

PrerequisitesThis procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at seabull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

46 442722A

Context

Note

The input from a course gyro is essential for CS90 operation Without the input from acourse gyro the CS90 will not be able to present correct navigational informationThis lackof compensation will prevent the CS90 from providing correct echo information

In most cases a suitable course gyro is already installed on the vessel A global positioningsystem (GPS) with a compatible output format can also be used

The properties of each of the available communication ports are defined on the IO Setuppage The Sensor Installation page allows your CS90 to communicate with external sensorsand systems To make sure that the information from the most reliable sensors are used bythe CS90 use the Sensor Configuration page to define a datagram priorities

The communication parameters defined for NMEA 0183 arebull Baud Rate 4800 bsbull Data Bits 8bull Parity Nonebull Stop Bits 1

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installationa Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors listb Make sure that the correct installation parameters are used for the sensor

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Configurationa Select the relevant sensor in the Sensor listb Make sure that the correct parameters are used for sensor configuration

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 47

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90

is correct9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Datagram Port Baud rate Talker ID

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

Heading data is provided and displayed

The relevant communication parameters are recorded

Date and signature

Verifying the communication with the motionreference unit (MRU)The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data Thecommunication with the sensor is tested

Prerequisites

This procedure assumes thatbull The sensor is connected to the CS90 It is switched on and in normal operationbull The interface port is set up with the correct communication parametersbull You are familiar with NMEA and other relevant datagram formatsbull You know how to set up the parameters for serial and local area network (LAN)

communicationbull The vessel is berthed or at sea

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

48 442722A

bull All relevant vessel drawings installation reports andor measurement results are availablebull The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

A motion reference unit (MRU) measures the vesselrsquos pitch and roll movements in thesea The information provided by the motion sensor is used by the CS90 to stabilize thebeams and the echo presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Motion Reference Unita If you use the motion sensor in the Motor Control Unit on the hull unit make

sure that LAN is selected

The sensor uses a local area network (LAN) port on your Processor Unit Amessage on the page verifies that it is connected to the CS90 beamformerapplication

b If you use an external motion reference unit (MRU) make sure that a COM port isselected and that the correct parameters are provided

4 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Installation Parameters to openthe pagea Open the MRU (Motion Reference Unit) pageb Make sure that the installation parameters for the motion sensor (offset and

rotation) are correct

The physical location of the sensor (X Y and Z offsets) must be extracted fromthe detailed vessel drawings or from the reports provided by the personnel thatdid the actual installation The information about the installation angles must beextracted from the reports provided by the personnel that did or measured upthe actual installation

5 Close the Installation dialog box without making any changes6 Observe the top bar

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 49

7 Make sure that the information from the sensor is displayed

If necessary enable the read-out in the Display Options dialog box

Note

In order to read the motion compensation values the CS90 must be pinging As longas the vessel is in port you can not expect major changes in the values

8 If possible use another instrument to verify that the information provided by the CS90is correct

9 Fill in the result tables

Result

Port Baud rate Protocol

X Offset Y Offset Z Offset

Rotation Around X Rotation Around Y Rotation Around Z

Requirements Results

Motion compensation is operational

The compensated values are shown

Date and signature

Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

50 442722A

Verifying the installationparameters

TopicsVerifying vessel origin and ship dimensions page 50

Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer page 52

Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antennapage 53

Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU) page 55

Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensionsThe physical length and width of the ship are important parameters that need to be recordedin the CS90 software

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the ship dimensions you need the detailed vessel drawings Neithertools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

It is common practice to place the Ship Origin at the same position as the motion referenceunit (MRU) This will minimize the vectors when your vessel is moving Use the vesseldrawings to establish the offset values between the basic position of the Ship Origin andthe MRU location

If you do not have a motion sensor you can place the Ship Origin at any location on thevessel We suggest that you place the origin under the captainrsquos seat on the bridge All

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 51

sensors will then be referenced to this position Whenever a sonar is used with short rangesthis will provide a more precise presentation

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Open the Ship page5 For each parameter makes sure that the current setting is correct6 Record the information in the result table7 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Ship Dimensions

Length

Width

Vessel originX offset Y offset Z Offset

Requirements Results

The ship dimensions are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

Verifying the installation parameters

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

52 442722A

Requirements Results

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for thetransducerInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the transducer you need the detailed vessel drawings Neither toolsnor instruments are required The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The physical location of the CS90 transducer is important for the CS90 data accuracyThe locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System (GPS) antenna mustbe referenced to a common Ship Origin

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select Transducer to open the page

a Obtain the offset and rotation (angle) information from the personnel that installedthe transducer

b Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedc Make sure that the correct installation angles have been inserted

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 53

d Record the information in the result table5 Continue your work in the Installation dialog box or select OK to close it

Result

Transducer offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Verifying the installation parameters for theglobal positioning system (GPS) antennaInformation from a few key sensors are vital for the CS90 accuracy In order to achievemaximum accuracy the physical locations of these sensors - normally referred to the ShipOrigin - must be recorded in the CS90 setup For future reference the offset values foreach sensor is recorded

PrerequisitesFor accurate location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna you need the detailedvessel drawings Neither tools nor instruments are required The CS90 system is turnedon and operates normally

ContextThe physical location of the global positioning system (GPS) antenna relative to thetransducer is required to allow the CS90 to show the correct navigational information inthe CS90 presentation The locations of the transducer and the Global Positioning System(GPS) antenna must be referenced to a common Ship Origin

Verifying the installation parameters

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

54 442722A

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select Sensor Installation4 Select the relevant sensor in the Installed Sensors list5 Make sure that the correct offset values have been inserted6 Fill in the result table

Result

Global positioning system (GPS) offsets

X offset

Y offset

Z offset

Requirements Results

All offset values are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 55

Verifying the installation parameters for themotion reference unit (MRU)The physical location of the motion reference unit (MRU) relative to the transducer isrequired to allow the CS90 to adjust for roll and pitch as accurately as possible This task isonly applicable is you are using an external motion reference unit on your CS90

Prerequisites

For accurate location of the motion reference unit (MRU) you need the detailed vesseldrawings The information about the installation angles must be retrieved from the reportsprovided by the personnel that installed the equipment Neither tools nor instruments arerequired The CS90 system is turned on and operates normally

Context

The information from a motion reference unit (MRU) (normally heave roll and pitchinformation) is imported into the CS90 to increase the accuracy of the echo data The CS90is provided with a built-in motion sensor It is placed inside the Motor Control Unit Forimproved operational accuracy an external motion reference unit (MRU) may be used Themotion reference unit (MRU) measures the roll and pitch motions of the vessel Somesensor models also measure heave

On theMRU page you must define the physical location of the motion reference unit relatedto the reference point you created on the Ship page The rotation around the X Y and Z axisis used to compensate for misalignments made during the physical installation of the motionreference unit Such misalignments occur if the sensor is not placed in parallel with thevesselrsquos horizontal andor vertical planes The required accuracy of the offset and rotationangles depends on the accuracy requirement for the CS90 data

Procedure1 Open the Setup menu2 On the Setup menu select Installation

Observe that the Installation dialog box opens This dialog box contains a number ofpages selected from the menu on the left side

3 On the left side of the Installation dialog box select the small white triangle next toInstallation Parameters

Observe that a menu opens with access to all the individual pages4 Select MRU to open the page

Verifying the installation parameters

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

56 442722A

a From the vessel drawings extract the relevant offset information and insertthose values

b From the information provided by the personnel installing the motion sensorobtain the relevant rotation information

c Make sure that the correct offset values have been insertedd Make sure that the correct installation angles have been insertede Record the information in the result table

Note

The Kongsberg Seapathreg - and other GPS systems - allow you to define the MRUlocation in the positioning system If this is done the MRU offset values in the CS90must be set to 0 (zero) to avoid dual compensation The rotation information isnormally not recorded by the positioning system and must therefore be defined inthe CS90

5 Select Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes

Result

Motion reference unit (MRU) offsets

X offset Y offset Z offset

Installation angle X Installation angle Y Installation angle Z

Requirements Results

All offset values and installation angles are entered in the CS90

All values are correct

All values are recorded in the relevant table

Date and signature

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

442722A 57

Customer acceptance form

Fill in and sign this form for formal acceptance of the Simrad CS90 system

The Simrad CS90 system is (tick relevant column)

Accepted Accepted with comments Not accepted

VesselCustomer

Place and date

Comments

Test done by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

Test accepted by (name) CompanyPosition Date and signature

When this test procedure has been completed with all relevant signatures and applicable forms filled in the document must be sent tothe Simrad Support Department at Strandpromenaden 50 POBox 111 3191 Horten Norway Alternatively scan all the pages to PDFusing minimum 200 DPI resolution and send the file to simradsupportsimradcom

Customer acceptance form

58 442722A

Secondary procedures

The end user and technical documentation for the CS90 contains several procedures thatare also applicable for this Harbour Acceptance Test These procedures are not part of theHarbour Acceptance Test They are provided for reference purposes only If you scan acompleted Harbour Acceptance Test for archiving or reporting purposes it is not necessaryto include these procedures

TopicsSetting up the Operating Panel (Mk2) page 58

Setting up the Operating Panel (Mk2)The Operating Panel offers all necessary control functions for normal operation of the CS90Before it can be put to use the Operating Panel must be configured to permit Ethernetcommunication between the panel and the Processor Unit

Prerequisites

The Operating Panel is installed as specified in the CS90 Installation manual The CS90Processor Unitis turned on

The following specific items are required for this taskbull Computer mousebull Computer keyboard

Neither tools nor instruments are required

Context

When supplied the Operating Panel is set up with the following communication parametersbull IP address 1572376020

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 59

bull Subnet mask 2552552550bull Gateway 157237601

To set up the Ethernet communication you must define the IP address for the panel andidentify the Processor Unit in the panel software These settings allow you to use more thanone Operating Panel on the Processor Unit You can also control more than one ProcessorUnit from a single Operating Panel

The IP and MAC addresses for your Processor Unit are contained in a text file namedIPandMACaddresstxt The file contains the product name IP address and MAC address inthe following format (example)

If the text file is missing you must find the information manually We suggest that you dothis and create the necessary folder and txt file before you start the setup process Seestep 1 in the procedure

Note

If the Operating Panel fails to establish contact with the Processor Unit it will time out andswitch itself off after two minutes When this happens the blue indicator light stops flashing

ProcedureIf required locate the IP and MAC addresses on the ETH1 Ethernet adapter in the ProcessorUnit1 Obtain the IP address

The IP and MAC addresses for your Processor Unit are contained in a text file namedIPandMACaddresstxt If the text file is missing you must find the informationmanuallya In the bottom-left corner of your desktop select the Windowsreg Start buttonb On the menu select Settingsc Observe that the Windows Settings dialog box opensd Select Network amp Internete Select Change adapter optionsf Select the relevant network adapter then right-click and select Properties on the

short-cut menug On the list of connections select Internet Protocol 4 (TCPIPv4) and then

Propertiesh Observe the IP address for the Ethernet adapteri Write down the information

Secondary procedures

60 442722A

j Close all the dialog boxes

Obtain the MAC addressa In the bottom left corner of your desktop select the looking glass to search the

operating systemb Type Command do the search and open the Command Prompt windowc Type ipconfig all and press the Enter keyd Observe the Physical Address (MAC address) for the relevant Ethernet adaptere Write down the informationf Close the Command Prompt window

Select the adapter that the Operating Panel is connected to On the CS90 the Ethernetadapter is named Simrad Connect

Prepare the Operating Panel for use2 Make the following preparations

a Connect the power cable from the Operating Panel to the power outlet on theuninterruptible power supply (UPS)

b Connect the Ethernet cable from the Processor Unit to the Operating Panel

Make sure that you use the correct Ethernet socket on the rear side of the ProcessorUnit ETH1

c Connect the keyboard and the mouse to USB sockets on the front panel of theProcessor Unit

d On the Processor Unit close any programs that are running and return to thedesktop

e On the Operating Panel press Power and keep it depressed for a few seconds

The blue indicator light in the button flashes while the Operating Panel establishescontact with the Processor Unit When you start the panel for the first time theinterface must be configured to establish this connection When the connectionhas been made the blue indicator light is lit permanently

f On the Processor Unit desktop open folder SIMRAD-Shortcutg Double-click file IPandMACaddresstxt to open it in a text editorh Double-click the URL shortcut to open the Operating Panel configuration page in

the default web browser

Observe that the Operating Panel configuration page opens on page 15723760205000

3 Define the configuration parameters

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 61

a Select SOP Configuration on the top menu to open the pageb Observe the default values

If you wish to keep these default values do nothing The default values are wellsuited if you have one single panel communicating with one single Processor UnitFor other configurations see the relevant procedures

4 Add a single Processor Unit to the Operating Panel configurationa Select Sonar PCs Configuration on the top menu to open the pageb Type or copy the IP address into the relevant boxc Type or copy the MAC address into the relevant boxd Select ADD Sonar PCe Observe that your Processor Unit is added to the listf Close the web browser

5 Make sure that the Operating Panel is functionala Make sure that the blue indicator is lit and check that you can move the cursor

on the screenb On the Processor Unit desktop double-click the CS90 icon to start the program

Wait until the CS90 operates normallyc Press and hold Power depressed four minimum four seconds to turn off the

Operating Panel

Observe that the Transceiver OnOff dialog box opens automatically

Make sure that the CS90 is turned offd Turn on the CS90 with the Power button on the Operating Panele Make sure that you can control the cursor and that you can make selections in

the menu systemf Press andor turn selected buttons and make sure that the corresponding function

is activated in the user interface

Secondary procedures

copy2019 Kongsberg Maritime

• Introduction
• • Purpose
  • Personnel and location
  • Referenced documents
  • Tools and test equipment
  • • Acceptance test summary
    • Hardware and software registration
    • • Verification of previously tested items
      • Software items
      • Hardware items
      • • Display
        • Processor Unit
        • Transceiver Unit
        • Operating Panel
        • Hull Unit
        • Transducer
        • • Visual inspection
          • • Visual inspection of the display
            • Visual inspection of the Processor Unit
            • Visual inspection of the Operating Panel
            • Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Visual inspection of the hull unit
            • Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected
            • • Testing the CS90 operational functionality
              • • Checking the transducer lower and hoist functionality
                • • Bridge steps
                  • Sonar room steps
                  • • Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality
                    • Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality
                    • • Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices
                      • • Verifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS)
                        • Verifying the communication with speed log
                        • Verifying the communication with the course gyro
                        • Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU)
                        • • Verifying the installation parameters
                          • • Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensions
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antenna
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU)
                            • • Customer acceptance form
                              • Secondary procedures
                              • • Setting up the Operating Panel (Mk2)

442722A 59

bull Subnet mask 2552552550bull Gateway 157237601

To set up the Ethernet communication you must define the IP address for the panel andidentify the Processor Unit in the panel software These settings allow you to use more thanone Operating Panel on the Processor Unit You can also control more than one ProcessorUnit from a single Operating Panel

The IP and MAC addresses for your Processor Unit are contained in a text file namedIPandMACaddresstxt The file contains the product name IP address and MAC address inthe following format (example)

If the text file is missing you must find the information manually We suggest that you dothis and create the necessary folder and txt file before you start the setup process Seestep 1 in the procedure

Note

If the Operating Panel fails to establish contact with the Processor Unit it will time out andswitch itself off after two minutes When this happens the blue indicator light stops flashing

ProcedureIf required locate the IP and MAC addresses on the ETH1 Ethernet adapter in the ProcessorUnit1 Obtain the IP address

The IP and MAC addresses for your Processor Unit are contained in a text file namedIPandMACaddresstxt If the text file is missing you must find the informationmanuallya In the bottom-left corner of your desktop select the Windowsreg Start buttonb On the menu select Settingsc Observe that the Windows Settings dialog box opensd Select Network amp Internete Select Change adapter optionsf Select the relevant network adapter then right-click and select Properties on the

short-cut menug On the list of connections select Internet Protocol 4 (TCPIPv4) and then

Propertiesh Observe the IP address for the Ethernet adapteri Write down the information

Secondary procedures

60 442722A

j Close all the dialog boxes

Obtain the MAC addressa In the bottom left corner of your desktop select the looking glass to search the

operating systemb Type Command do the search and open the Command Prompt windowc Type ipconfig all and press the Enter keyd Observe the Physical Address (MAC address) for the relevant Ethernet adaptere Write down the informationf Close the Command Prompt window

Select the adapter that the Operating Panel is connected to On the CS90 the Ethernetadapter is named Simrad Connect

Prepare the Operating Panel for use2 Make the following preparations

a Connect the power cable from the Operating Panel to the power outlet on theuninterruptible power supply (UPS)

b Connect the Ethernet cable from the Processor Unit to the Operating Panel

Make sure that you use the correct Ethernet socket on the rear side of the ProcessorUnit ETH1

c Connect the keyboard and the mouse to USB sockets on the front panel of theProcessor Unit

d On the Processor Unit close any programs that are running and return to thedesktop

e On the Operating Panel press Power and keep it depressed for a few seconds

The blue indicator light in the button flashes while the Operating Panel establishescontact with the Processor Unit When you start the panel for the first time theinterface must be configured to establish this connection When the connectionhas been made the blue indicator light is lit permanently

f On the Processor Unit desktop open folder SIMRAD-Shortcutg Double-click file IPandMACaddresstxt to open it in a text editorh Double-click the URL shortcut to open the Operating Panel configuration page in

the default web browser

Observe that the Operating Panel configuration page opens on page 15723760205000

3 Define the configuration parameters

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 61

a Select SOP Configuration on the top menu to open the pageb Observe the default values

If you wish to keep these default values do nothing The default values are wellsuited if you have one single panel communicating with one single Processor UnitFor other configurations see the relevant procedures

4 Add a single Processor Unit to the Operating Panel configurationa Select Sonar PCs Configuration on the top menu to open the pageb Type or copy the IP address into the relevant boxc Type or copy the MAC address into the relevant boxd Select ADD Sonar PCe Observe that your Processor Unit is added to the listf Close the web browser

5 Make sure that the Operating Panel is functionala Make sure that the blue indicator is lit and check that you can move the cursor

on the screenb On the Processor Unit desktop double-click the CS90 icon to start the program

Wait until the CS90 operates normallyc Press and hold Power depressed four minimum four seconds to turn off the

Operating Panel

Observe that the Transceiver OnOff dialog box opens automatically

Make sure that the CS90 is turned offd Turn on the CS90 with the Power button on the Operating Panele Make sure that you can control the cursor and that you can make selections in

the menu systemf Press andor turn selected buttons and make sure that the corresponding function

is activated in the user interface

Secondary procedures

copy2019 Kongsberg Maritime

• Introduction
• • Purpose
  • Personnel and location
  • Referenced documents
  • Tools and test equipment
  • • Acceptance test summary
    • Hardware and software registration
    • • Verification of previously tested items
      • Software items
      • Hardware items
      • • Display
        • Processor Unit
        • Transceiver Unit
        • Operating Panel
        • Hull Unit
        • Transducer
        • • Visual inspection
          • • Visual inspection of the display
            • Visual inspection of the Processor Unit
            • Visual inspection of the Operating Panel
            • Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Visual inspection of the hull unit
            • Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected
            • • Testing the CS90 operational functionality
              • • Checking the transducer lower and hoist functionality
                • • Bridge steps
                  • Sonar room steps
                  • • Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality
                    • Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality
                    • • Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices
                      • • Verifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS)
                        • Verifying the communication with speed log
                        • Verifying the communication with the course gyro
                        • Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU)
                        • • Verifying the installation parameters
                          • • Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensions
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antenna
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU)
                            • • Customer acceptance form
                              • Secondary procedures
                              • • Setting up the Operating Panel (Mk2)

60 442722A

j Close all the dialog boxes

Obtain the MAC addressa In the bottom left corner of your desktop select the looking glass to search the

operating systemb Type Command do the search and open the Command Prompt windowc Type ipconfig all and press the Enter keyd Observe the Physical Address (MAC address) for the relevant Ethernet adaptere Write down the informationf Close the Command Prompt window

Select the adapter that the Operating Panel is connected to On the CS90 the Ethernetadapter is named Simrad Connect

Prepare the Operating Panel for use2 Make the following preparations

a Connect the power cable from the Operating Panel to the power outlet on theuninterruptible power supply (UPS)

b Connect the Ethernet cable from the Processor Unit to the Operating Panel

Make sure that you use the correct Ethernet socket on the rear side of the ProcessorUnit ETH1

c Connect the keyboard and the mouse to USB sockets on the front panel of theProcessor Unit

d On the Processor Unit close any programs that are running and return to thedesktop

e On the Operating Panel press Power and keep it depressed for a few seconds

The blue indicator light in the button flashes while the Operating Panel establishescontact with the Processor Unit When you start the panel for the first time theinterface must be configured to establish this connection When the connectionhas been made the blue indicator light is lit permanently

f On the Processor Unit desktop open folder SIMRAD-Shortcutg Double-click file IPandMACaddresstxt to open it in a text editorh Double-click the URL shortcut to open the Operating Panel configuration page in

the default web browser

Observe that the Operating Panel configuration page opens on page 15723760205000

3 Define the configuration parameters

Simrad CS90 Harbour Acceptance Test

442722A 61

a Select SOP Configuration on the top menu to open the pageb Observe the default values

If you wish to keep these default values do nothing The default values are wellsuited if you have one single panel communicating with one single Processor UnitFor other configurations see the relevant procedures

4 Add a single Processor Unit to the Operating Panel configurationa Select Sonar PCs Configuration on the top menu to open the pageb Type or copy the IP address into the relevant boxc Type or copy the MAC address into the relevant boxd Select ADD Sonar PCe Observe that your Processor Unit is added to the listf Close the web browser

5 Make sure that the Operating Panel is functionala Make sure that the blue indicator is lit and check that you can move the cursor

on the screenb On the Processor Unit desktop double-click the CS90 icon to start the program

Wait until the CS90 operates normallyc Press and hold Power depressed four minimum four seconds to turn off the

Operating Panel

Observe that the Transceiver OnOff dialog box opens automatically

Make sure that the CS90 is turned offd Turn on the CS90 with the Power button on the Operating Panele Make sure that you can control the cursor and that you can make selections in

the menu systemf Press andor turn selected buttons and make sure that the corresponding function

is activated in the user interface

Secondary procedures

copy2019 Kongsberg Maritime

• Introduction
• • Purpose
  • Personnel and location
  • Referenced documents
  • Tools and test equipment
  • • Acceptance test summary
    • Hardware and software registration
    • • Verification of previously tested items
      • Software items
      • Hardware items
      • • Display
        • Processor Unit
        • Transceiver Unit
        • Operating Panel
        • Hull Unit
        • Transducer
        • • Visual inspection
          • • Visual inspection of the display
            • Visual inspection of the Processor Unit
            • Visual inspection of the Operating Panel
            • Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Visual inspection of the hull unit
            • Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected
            • • Testing the CS90 operational functionality
              • • Checking the transducer lower and hoist functionality
                • • Bridge steps
                  • Sonar room steps
                  • • Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality
                    • Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality
                    • • Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices
                      • • Verifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS)
                        • Verifying the communication with speed log
                        • Verifying the communication with the course gyro
                        • Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU)
                        • • Verifying the installation parameters
                          • • Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensions
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antenna
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU)
                            • • Customer acceptance form
                              • Secondary procedures
                              • • Setting up the Operating Panel (Mk2)

442722A 61

a Select SOP Configuration on the top menu to open the pageb Observe the default values

If you wish to keep these default values do nothing The default values are wellsuited if you have one single panel communicating with one single Processor UnitFor other configurations see the relevant procedures

4 Add a single Processor Unit to the Operating Panel configurationa Select Sonar PCs Configuration on the top menu to open the pageb Type or copy the IP address into the relevant boxc Type or copy the MAC address into the relevant boxd Select ADD Sonar PCe Observe that your Processor Unit is added to the listf Close the web browser

5 Make sure that the Operating Panel is functionala Make sure that the blue indicator is lit and check that you can move the cursor

on the screenb On the Processor Unit desktop double-click the CS90 icon to start the program

Wait until the CS90 operates normallyc Press and hold Power depressed four minimum four seconds to turn off the

Operating Panel

Observe that the Transceiver OnOff dialog box opens automatically

Make sure that the CS90 is turned offd Turn on the CS90 with the Power button on the Operating Panele Make sure that you can control the cursor and that you can make selections in

the menu systemf Press andor turn selected buttons and make sure that the corresponding function

is activated in the user interface

Secondary procedures

copy2019 Kongsberg Maritime

• Introduction
• • Purpose
  • Personnel and location
  • Referenced documents
  • Tools and test equipment
  • • Acceptance test summary
    • Hardware and software registration
    • • Verification of previously tested items
      • Software items
      • Hardware items
      • • Display
        • Processor Unit
        • Transceiver Unit
        • Operating Panel
        • Hull Unit
        • Transducer
        • • Visual inspection
          • • Visual inspection of the display
            • Visual inspection of the Processor Unit
            • Visual inspection of the Operating Panel
            • Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Visual inspection of the hull unit
            • Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected
            • • Testing the CS90 operational functionality
              • • Checking the transducer lower and hoist functionality
                • • Bridge steps
                  • Sonar room steps
                  • • Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality
                    • Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality
                    • • Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices
                      • • Verifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS)
                        • Verifying the communication with speed log
                        • Verifying the communication with the course gyro
                        • Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU)
                        • • Verifying the installation parameters
                          • • Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensions
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antenna
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU)
                            • • Customer acceptance form
                              • Secondary procedures
                              • • Setting up the Operating Panel (Mk2)

copy2019 Kongsberg Maritime

• Introduction
• • Purpose
  • Personnel and location
  • Referenced documents
  • Tools and test equipment
  • • Acceptance test summary
    • Hardware and software registration
    • • Verification of previously tested items
      • Software items
      • Hardware items
      • • Display
        • Processor Unit
        • Transceiver Unit
        • Operating Panel
        • Hull Unit
        • Transducer
        • • Visual inspection
          • • Visual inspection of the display
            • Visual inspection of the Processor Unit
            • Visual inspection of the Operating Panel
            • Visual inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Visual inspection of the hull unit
            • Environmental inspection of the Transceiver Unit
            • Making sure that all CS90 cables are properly connected
            • • Testing the CS90 operational functionality
              • • Checking the transducer lower and hoist functionality
                • • Bridge steps
                  • Sonar room steps
                  • • Testing the user interface to verify basic functionality
                    • Verifying CS90 operation by means of the BITE functionality
                    • • Testing the interfaces with peripheral devices
                      • • Verifying the communication with a navigation system (GPS)
                        • Verifying the communication with speed log
                        • Verifying the communication with the course gyro
                        • Verifying the communication with the motion reference unit (MRU)
                        • • Verifying the installation parameters
                          • • Verifying vessel origin and ship dimensions
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the transducer
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the global positioning system (GPS) antenna
                            • Verifying the installation parameters for the motion reference unit (MRU)
                            • • Customer acceptance form
                              • Secondary procedures
                              • • Setting up the Operating Panel (Mk2)